api 617 spec comments

22
A 7 T AC fI/i1fNT 14-./ COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617 FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979 1.4.1 - Maximum Continuous Speed: For clarification, since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100% speed, General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100% speed. Additional speed capability can be supplied if required. 1.5 - Referenced Publications: API standards 613, 614, 615, 670, and 671 are commented on separately. Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment. 2.1.2 - Performance Characteristics: For clarification, General Electric's performance curves are expected characteristics, and the surge capacity is not guaranteed. Operation at a capacity of 10% greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection. 2.1.12 - Liquid Injection: For clarification, all performance testing is done on a "dry" basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions. 2.1.13 - Local Rules and Regulations: See comment to 1.5. 2.1.15 - Review of Purchaser's Drawings: For clarification, General Electric will review and comment on the pur- chaser's piping and foundation drawings when requested. Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsibility for proper design of the installation, including foundation supports, pipe loads and dimensions. Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser.

Upload: rathburn

Post on 04-Apr-2015

374 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: API 617 Spec Comments

A7T AC fIi1fNT 14-

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

For clarification since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications

API standards ~12 613 614 615 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment

212 - Performance Characteristics

For clarification General Electrics performance curves are expected characteristics and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

2112 - Liquid Injection

For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations

See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings

For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purshychasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsibility for proper design of the installation including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

2

222 - Casing Supports

Casing and support systems are designed to have sufficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consisshytent with high reliability and long term performance~ but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

2212 - ANSI Bolting

Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards~

242 - Welded Casing Connections

For clarification~ General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility~ not necessarily chemical composition

245 - Threaded Casing Connections

Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available~ threaded and seal welded connections maJbe necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition~ the same spac~constrai~ts ma require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connectionr (le(~ tfL-)

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges ~-~~--

Flanges 24 inches and smaller conf orm to the appropriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spi ral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

249 - Casing Flanges

See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments

For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connectionsJand the allowable forces and moments of each connecshytion cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23 General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability

3

252 - Casing Supports

See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends

Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout

Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets

Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets

Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

271 - Seal System Design Pressure

For clarification non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs degassing tanks drain lines etc are designed for atmosshypheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility

The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

281 - Critical Speeds

Minimizing rotor response to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key element in General Electrics philosophy for many years

4

In the event that a specific compressor design cannot satisfy the separashytion requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensi tive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 2~ 81 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

2816 - Torsional Vibrations

Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting)ttJ~ calculated and designed to acceptable levels

2825 - Runout

See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however~ meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility

The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However ~ there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

2921 - Thrust Bearings

To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamics some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient

Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings

See co~ent to 2911

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures

In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

5

21116 - Shaft

For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

21116 - Impeller Material

All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment

In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding pershyformed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds

Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mm of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds

See the comment to 21122(4)

3 bull 2 - API 671

See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(4) - Machinery Support

See the comment to 222

345 - API 670

See the vendor comments to API 670

6

3452 - Vibration Monitors

When specified~ vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

354 - API 614

See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities

For c1arification~ General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his represenshytative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subshyvendors However~ we are not always successful in obtaining such rights~

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure

For clarification caSing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydrotested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation

For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

4342 - Oil Seal Testing

Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds

If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

7

436l(5) - Helium Test

General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will be to test the integrity of the casting or fabrications not the integrity of the blank off plates Leakage at the blank off plate will be allowed

4411 - Standard Preservation

General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage Additional preservation requirements if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging

Separately shipped items are identified using computerized packing lists and individual non-metallic part labeling

51 - Warranty

Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed

General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

5212 - Power Guarantee

The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the provision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee disshycharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the comshypressor by design the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 2: API 617 Spec Comments

2

222 - Casing Supports

Casing and support systems are designed to have sufficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consisshytent with high reliability and long term performance~ but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

2212 - ANSI Bolting

Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards~

242 - Welded Casing Connections

For clarification~ General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility~ not necessarily chemical composition

245 - Threaded Casing Connections

Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available~ threaded and seal welded connections maJbe necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition~ the same spac~constrai~ts ma require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connectionr (le(~ tfL-)

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges ~-~~--

Flanges 24 inches and smaller conf orm to the appropriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spi ral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

249 - Casing Flanges

See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments

For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connectionsJand the allowable forces and moments of each connecshytion cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23 General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability

3

252 - Casing Supports

See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends

Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout

Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets

Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets

Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

271 - Seal System Design Pressure

For clarification non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs degassing tanks drain lines etc are designed for atmosshypheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility

The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

281 - Critical Speeds

Minimizing rotor response to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key element in General Electrics philosophy for many years

4

In the event that a specific compressor design cannot satisfy the separashytion requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensi tive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 2~ 81 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

2816 - Torsional Vibrations

Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting)ttJ~ calculated and designed to acceptable levels

2825 - Runout

See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however~ meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility

The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However ~ there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

2921 - Thrust Bearings

To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamics some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient

Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings

See co~ent to 2911

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures

In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

5

21116 - Shaft

For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

21116 - Impeller Material

All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment

In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding pershyformed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds

Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mm of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds

See the comment to 21122(4)

3 bull 2 - API 671

See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(4) - Machinery Support

See the comment to 222

345 - API 670

See the vendor comments to API 670

6

3452 - Vibration Monitors

When specified~ vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

354 - API 614

See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities

For c1arification~ General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his represenshytative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subshyvendors However~ we are not always successful in obtaining such rights~

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure

For clarification caSing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydrotested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation

For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

4342 - Oil Seal Testing

Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds

If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

7

436l(5) - Helium Test

General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will be to test the integrity of the casting or fabrications not the integrity of the blank off plates Leakage at the blank off plate will be allowed

4411 - Standard Preservation

General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage Additional preservation requirements if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging

Separately shipped items are identified using computerized packing lists and individual non-metallic part labeling

51 - Warranty

Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed

General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

5212 - Power Guarantee

The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the provision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee disshycharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the comshypressor by design the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 3: API 617 Spec Comments

3

252 - Casing Supports

See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends

Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout

Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets

Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets

Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

271 - Seal System Design Pressure

For clarification non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs degassing tanks drain lines etc are designed for atmosshypheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility

The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

281 - Critical Speeds

Minimizing rotor response to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key element in General Electrics philosophy for many years

4

In the event that a specific compressor design cannot satisfy the separashytion requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensi tive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 2~ 81 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

2816 - Torsional Vibrations

Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting)ttJ~ calculated and designed to acceptable levels

2825 - Runout

See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however~ meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility

The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However ~ there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

2921 - Thrust Bearings

To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamics some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient

Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings

See co~ent to 2911

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures

In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

5

21116 - Shaft

For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

21116 - Impeller Material

All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment

In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding pershyformed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds

Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mm of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds

See the comment to 21122(4)

3 bull 2 - API 671

See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(4) - Machinery Support

See the comment to 222

345 - API 670

See the vendor comments to API 670

6

3452 - Vibration Monitors

When specified~ vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

354 - API 614

See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities

For c1arification~ General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his represenshytative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subshyvendors However~ we are not always successful in obtaining such rights~

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure

For clarification caSing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydrotested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation

For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

4342 - Oil Seal Testing

Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds

If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

7

436l(5) - Helium Test

General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will be to test the integrity of the casting or fabrications not the integrity of the blank off plates Leakage at the blank off plate will be allowed

4411 - Standard Preservation

General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage Additional preservation requirements if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging

Separately shipped items are identified using computerized packing lists and individual non-metallic part labeling

51 - Warranty

Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed

General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

5212 - Power Guarantee

The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the provision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee disshycharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the comshypressor by design the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 4: API 617 Spec Comments

4

In the event that a specific compressor design cannot satisfy the separashytion requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensi tive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 2~ 81 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

2816 - Torsional Vibrations

Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting)ttJ~ calculated and designed to acceptable levels

2825 - Runout

See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however~ meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility

The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However ~ there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

2921 - Thrust Bearings

To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamics some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient

Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings

See co~ent to 2911

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures

In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

5

21116 - Shaft

For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

21116 - Impeller Material

All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment

In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding pershyformed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds

Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mm of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds

See the comment to 21122(4)

3 bull 2 - API 671

See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(4) - Machinery Support

See the comment to 222

345 - API 670

See the vendor comments to API 670

6

3452 - Vibration Monitors

When specified~ vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

354 - API 614

See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities

For c1arification~ General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his represenshytative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subshyvendors However~ we are not always successful in obtaining such rights~

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure

For clarification caSing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydrotested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation

For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

4342 - Oil Seal Testing

Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds

If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

7

436l(5) - Helium Test

General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will be to test the integrity of the casting or fabrications not the integrity of the blank off plates Leakage at the blank off plate will be allowed

4411 - Standard Preservation

General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage Additional preservation requirements if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging

Separately shipped items are identified using computerized packing lists and individual non-metallic part labeling

51 - Warranty

Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed

General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

5212 - Power Guarantee

The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the provision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee disshycharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the comshypressor by design the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 5: API 617 Spec Comments

5

21116 - Shaft

For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

21116 - Impeller Material

All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment

In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding pershyformed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds

Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mm of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds

See the comment to 21122(4)

3 bull 2 - API 671

See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(4) - Machinery Support

See the comment to 222

345 - API 670

See the vendor comments to API 670

6

3452 - Vibration Monitors

When specified~ vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

354 - API 614

See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities

For c1arification~ General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his represenshytative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subshyvendors However~ we are not always successful in obtaining such rights~

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure

For clarification caSing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydrotested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation

For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

4342 - Oil Seal Testing

Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds

If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

7

436l(5) - Helium Test

General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will be to test the integrity of the casting or fabrications not the integrity of the blank off plates Leakage at the blank off plate will be allowed

4411 - Standard Preservation

General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage Additional preservation requirements if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging

Separately shipped items are identified using computerized packing lists and individual non-metallic part labeling

51 - Warranty

Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed

General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

5212 - Power Guarantee

The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the provision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee disshycharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the comshypressor by design the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 6: API 617 Spec Comments

6

3452 - Vibration Monitors

When specified~ vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

354 - API 614

See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities

For c1arification~ General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his represenshytative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subshyvendors However~ we are not always successful in obtaining such rights~

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure

For clarification caSing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydrotested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation

For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

4342 - Oil Seal Testing

Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds

If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

7

436l(5) - Helium Test

General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will be to test the integrity of the casting or fabrications not the integrity of the blank off plates Leakage at the blank off plate will be allowed

4411 - Standard Preservation

General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage Additional preservation requirements if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging

Separately shipped items are identified using computerized packing lists and individual non-metallic part labeling

51 - Warranty

Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed

General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

5212 - Power Guarantee

The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the provision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee disshycharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the comshypressor by design the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 7: API 617 Spec Comments

7

436l(5) - Helium Test

General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will be to test the integrity of the casting or fabrications not the integrity of the blank off plates Leakage at the blank off plate will be allowed

4411 - Standard Preservation

General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage Additional preservation requirements if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging

Separately shipped items are identified using computerized packing lists and individual non-metallic part labeling

51 - Warranty

Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed

General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

5212 - Power Guarantee

The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the provision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee disshycharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the comshypressor by design the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 8: API 617 Spec Comments

8

5213 - Guarantees

For clarification all equipment with more than one section of compresshysion will be guaranteed for the total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination meeting

6113 - Utility Requirements

All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

4l32Y

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 9: API 617 Spec Comments

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

COMMENTS TO API STANDARD 617

FOURTH EDITION NOVEMBER 1979

1 Motor Applications 141 - Maximum Continuous Speed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

3 Liquid Injection Applications with Performance Test

For clarification~ since constant speed motor drivers cannot run higher than 100 speed General Electric practice is to define maximum continuous operating speed for these trains as 100 speed Additional speed capability can be supplied if required

15 - Referenced Publications API standards 612~ 613 614~ 615~ 670 and 671 are commented on separately

Various local codes and regulations must be made available to General Electric for separate comment~

212 - Performance Characteristics For clarification~ General Electrics performance curves are not expected characteristics~ and the surge capacity is not guaranteed Operation at a capacity of 10 greater than the actual surge capacity is realistic with an adequate anti-surge control system for compressor protection

OPERATION AT 10 AWAY FROM SURGE IS NOT A PROBLEM BUT THIS PARAGRAPH INFERS THAT THE SURGE POINT IS GUARANTEED BECAUSE IT SAYS THAT YOU MUST BE ABLE TO RUN 10 AJilAY FROM THE SURGE POINT GIVEN IN THE PERFORMANCE CURVE

2112 - Liquid Injection For clarification all performance testing is done on a dry basis with mutually agreed upon test conditions

2113 - Local Rules and Regulations See comment to 15

2115 - Review of Purchasers Drawings For clarification General Electric will review and comment on the purchasers piping and foundation drawings when requested Any review by General Electric does not relieve the purchaser of responsishybility for proper design of the installation~ including foundation supports pipe loads and dimensions Services of an erection supervisor will be quoted separately if requested by the purchaser

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 10: API 617 Spec Comments

5 MCL600 Frame Size and Above

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

222 - Casing Supports Casing and support systems are designed to have sufshyficient strength and rigidity to limit changes in shaft alignment to values that are consistent with high reliability and long term performance but such values may exceed 0002 inches on large casings

WITH A LARGE MACHINE IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO KEEP THE DEFLECTION TO LESS THAN ~002 INCHES

2212 - ANSI Bolting Details of threading for pressure bolting conform to ISO metric standards

242 - Welded Casing Connections For clarification General Electric interprets material requirements as similar mechanical properties and welding compatibility not necesshysarily chemical composition~

THE PIPING MATERIAL USED FOR CASING STUB OUTS WILL NOT NECESSARILY HAVE THE SAME CHEMICAL COMPOSITION AS THE CASING HOWEVER THE MATERIALS WILL BE COMshyPATIBLE FOR WELDING WITH AN APPROPRIATE WELDING PROshyCEDURE AND THE PIPING WILL HAVE A STRENGTH LEVEL ADEQUATE FOR THE PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS

245 - Threaded Casing Connections Where large line sizes are required and space for a studded boss is not available threaded and seal welded connections may be necessary in sizes above 1-12 inches In addition the same space conshystraints may require the use of schedule 80 pipe for some connections

247 and 248 - Casing Flanges Flanges 24 inches and smaller conform to the approshypriate ANSI standard except flange faces are not finished with either serrated concentric or spiral grooves Flanges larger than 24 inches will conform to API standard 605 However to insure the quality and integrity of the purchasers piping the mating flange will be supplied by the purchaser

- 2 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 11: API 617 Spec Comments

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

7 MCL 600 Frame Size and Above

9 Maximum Continuous Speeds Over 6000 RPM

IF NECESSARY WE CAN SUPPLY THE GROOVES BUT IT SHOULD BE AT EXTRA COST IF WE SUPPLY THE MATING FLANGE WE BECOME IN PART RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PIPING DESIGN IF NECESSARY WE COULD SUPPLY THE FLANGE BUT THE PURCHASER SHOULD SPECIFY THE MATERIAL AND WELD FLA~GE TYPE

249 - Casing Flanges See the comment to 247

251 - Forces and Moments For clarification the combined resultant of all nozzle loads is used to determine the allowable limits according to NEMA-SM23 Therefore acceptable loads on anyone connection will vary with the loads applied on other connections and the allowable forces and moments of each connection cannot be specified according to NEMA-SM23~ General Electric designs can withstand loads up to two times those calculated by NEMA-SM23 General Electric can if requested analyze loads in excess of this for acceptability~

252 - Casing Supports See the comment to 222

262 - Shaft Ends Hydraulically fitted shaft ends are tapered to General Electric standards of 1 mm in diameter for 20 mm in axial length (60 inches per foot) and do not use retaining nuts This shaft end design has been used successfully on hundreds of compressors for many years

265 - Runout Utilizing careful manufacturing processes General Electric has found the lowest practical total runout is 35 mils (87 microns) These tolerance levels have resulted in reliable and accurate vibration monitoring

- 3 shy

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 12: API 617 Spec Comments

10 Slot Welded Impellers All F G H Q8-Qll All B amp Q Less than

300 MM B7-B12 300 MM Bll amp B12 320 MM B12 350 370 400 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNALL USE ONLY

11 Impeller Diameter Less Than 750 MM

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

12 For Units with Oil Seals

13 For Compressors Duplicate to Old NP Design

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

267 - Impeller Vane Fillets Low flow slot welded impellers with vanes integral to the cover may have a fillet less than 18 inch or 12 of the passage width~ Larger fillets are not practical with a properly designed slot weld

ON IMPELLER SIZES LESS THAN 300 MM THE CONSTRUCTION IS NOT DEFINITE SO TAKE EXCEPTION IN ALL CASES WITH SMALLER DIAMETERS THE NUMBER OF WHEELS WITH SLOT WELDING WILL BE DETERMINED LATER

269 - Impeller Keyway Fillets Keyway fillet radii are in accordance with proper engineering practice~ but do not in all cases exceed 116 inch

THE RADIUS IS 1 MM (0039 IN~) FOR UP TO AND INCLUDING 700 MM THE RADIUS IS 2 MM (0079 IN) FOR OVER 700 MM IMPELLERS

271 - Seal System Design Pressure For clarification~ non-pressurized parts of the sealing system such as reservoirs~ degassing tanks~ drain lines etc are designed for atmospheric operation

272 - Shaft Seal Accessibility The designs being quoted do not have provision for the inner shaft end labyrinths to be removed without first removing the end cover or top half of the casing However the outer labyrinth seal or the oil seals are removable without removing the end cover or the top half of the casing

2734 - THERE WILL BE NO SEAL OIL LEAKAGE TO THE PROCESS GAS STREAM UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDIshyTIONS TRANSIENTS WITH RAPID PROCESS GAS PRESSURE VARIATIONS MAY HOWEVER CAUSE A SMALL AMOUNT OF OIL TO ENTER THE PROCESS GAS

- 4 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 13: API 617 Spec Comments

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

15 Maximum Continuous Speed Over 6000 RPM

16 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

281 - Critical Speeds Minimizing rotor reponse to vibrational stimuli and not separation margin alone has been the key eleshyment in the General Electrics philosophy for many years

In the event that a specific compressor design canshynot satisfy the separation requirements of 2815 General Electric will then demonstrate an insensishytive rotor design Any unbalance testing per 281 9 will have the amount and location of the unbalance mutually agreed upon between General Electric and the purchaser In any event the unbalance weights will be located external to the compressor casing

28l~9 - MEASURED CRITICAL SPEEDS DURING MECHANICAL TESTING MAY NOT MATCH EXPECTED DESIGN VALUES BECAUSE OF THE TEST PRESSURE CONDITIONS lUll AFFECT THE SEALS HYDRODYNAMIC PROPERTIES FOR HIGHER PRESSURE DESIGNS THE SEAL RINGS MAY BE A SPECIAL DESIGN FOR MECHANICAL TESTING~ SENSITIVITY TESTING IS~ THEREshyFORE NOT SIGNIFICANT UNLESS FULL DESIGN PRESSURE CONDITIONS ARE SIMULATED

2816 - Torsional Vibrations Whenever the practical design of the compressor train cannot meet the separation margins specified the maximum stresses in the shafting is calculated and designed to acceptable levels

THE SHAFT STRESS IS CALCULATED BY APPLYING A SINUshySOIDAL TORQUE OF 1 OF THE NOMINAL OPERATING TORQUE AT THE SHAFT MODEL LOCATION WHICH GIVES THE WORST SHAFT STRESSES A DAMPING FACTOR OF 0025 IS USED BASED ON NPS SUCCESSFUL EXPERIENCE AND THE TORSIONAL STRESS IS LIMITED TO 6000 PSI

2825 - Runout See the comment to 265 The unfiltered allowable test level will however meet the requirement of 2825 although the total shaft runout may be greater than required by 265

2911 - Radial Bearing Accessibility The journal bearing housing on the thrust bearing end is not horizontally split on the BCL type units with outboard thrust bearings However there is no coupling on this end of the rotor and bearing removal does not require removal of the coupling hub

- 5 shy

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 14: API 617 Spec Comments

17 For BCLs with Inboard Thrust Bearings (not 2BCL type) and Drive Through MCLs When Needed

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

18 For units with High Thrust amp Gear Cplgs Typically Drive Thru

19 For BCLs with Ext Thrust Bearings

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

2921 - Thrust Bearings To shorten the bearing span and improve rotor dynamicsmiddot some compressors do not have the self-equalizing feature on the inactive side of the thrust bearing This type design has had many years of successful experience in many applications including high pressure units

ALL BCLS WITH INBOARD THRUST ARE DESIGNED WITH ONLY ONE SET OF LEVELING LINKS BUT ON BACK TO BACK 2BCLS BOTH SIDES DO HAVE LEVELING LINKS~ INBOARD THRUST BEARINGS ARE USED ON DRlVE-THRU BCLS AND BCL TYPE C AND D CAS INGS

DRIVE THROUGH MCLS IN THE SMALL SIZES MIGHT HAVE THE LEVELING LINKS REMOVED REFER TO REQUISITION ENGINEERING FOR PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS

2924 - Coupling Friction Coefficient Based on extensive experience a 015 coefficient of friction for the coupling teeth has been assumed in calculating the coupling thrust

2931 - Bearing Housings See comment to 2911

2911 2931 AND 2934 GE CALLS THE RING WHICH CONTAINS THE JOURNAL BEARING PADS THE HOUSING THIS HOUSING HAS BABBITTED RINGS WHICH CONTAIN THE OIL AROUND THE BEARING PADS BUT ALL THE JOURNAL BEARING OIL FLOWS THROUGH THEM

THE BEARING COVER WHICH COLLECTS THE DRAIN OIL WILL HAVE LABYRINTH SEALS ONLY ON THE OUTBOARD SIDE IF THERE IS A DRY COUPLING WITH AN OPEN COUPLING GUARD SPECIFIED BY THE CUSTOMER

2933 - Bearing Oil Temperatures In some cases the oil temperature rise through the bearings and housing may slightly exceed 50 degrees F (28 degrees C)

- 6 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 15: API 617 Spec Comments

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE THIS APPLIES ONLY TO THRUST BEARINGS WHICH IF INTERNAL USE ONLY DESIGNED TO NP STANDARD OIL FLOWS WILL GIVE A

THEORETICAL TEMPERATURE RISE OF 20 DEGREES C (36 DEGREES F) IN OUR EXPERIENCE WE HAVE FOUND THAT THE TEMPERATURE RISE IS ALWAYS HIGHER (ABOUT 50 TO 55 DEGREES F J 25 TO 30 DEGREES C) IF A CUSTOMER WILL NOT ACCEPT THIS WE CAN INCREASE THE OIL FLOW BY 20 TO THE THRUST BEARING AND MAKE SURE THE DESIGN GROUP KNOWS THIS FOR AN ORDER

21 If H2S Present 21116 - Shaft For clarification the shaft is not considered to be exposed to the gas stream~ There are hundreds of compressors with the same design operating successshyfully in a sour gas environment with shaft materials over 90000 PSI yield strength and greater than 22 Rockwell C hardness

ENGINEERING NOTE THE STANDARD SHAFT MATERIAL IS AISI 4340 WHICH HAS A INTERNAL USE ONLY MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 130000 PSI AND MAXIMUM

HARDNESS OF 34 RC THE MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH SHOULD APPEAR ON THE DATA SHEETS AS A RANGE OF 105000 TO 130000 PSI

THE SHAFT IS COVERED BY SLEEVES AND IMPELLERS BUT TECHNICALLY THERE STILL ARE SMALL GAPS BETWEEN THESE PARTS HmmVER DUE TO THE DIAMETER THE OPERATING STRESS OF THE SHAFT IN THIS AREA IS NOT HIGH ENOUGH TO INDUCE STRESS CORROSION CRACKING THIS CANNOT BE DOCUMENTED WITH INDUSTRY DATA BUT THIS DESIGN HAS PROVED VERY SUCCESSFUL BY NP EXPERIENCE AND OTHER VENDORS IF THE CUSTOUER STILL WILL NOT ALLOW OUR STANDARD SHAFT WE CAN OFFER HIM A 4140 SHAFT TO MEET THE 90 KSI AND 22 RC REQUIREMENT BUT IT WILL REDUCE THE TORQUE CAPABILITY OF THE SHAFT TO 80 OF THE MAXIMUM PRINTED OUT IN GE190

ALSO NOTE THE NEW API 617 WILL CALL FOR MATERIALS TO BE ACCORDING TO NACE MR-01-75 WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW 4340 FOR H2S ENVIRONMENT DUE TO A NICKEL CONTENT OF OVER 1 THE ALTERNATE IN THIS CASE WILL ALSO BE 4140 WITH THE SAME REDUCTION IN TORQUE CAPABILITY

- 7 -

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 16: API 617 Spec Comments

22 If H2S Present and Using 17-4PH

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

24 MCL 600 Frame Size amp Above

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

21116 - Impeller Material All impellers for this proposal meet the sour gas environment material requirements of NACE MR-01-75 This allows the use of precipitation hardened stainshyless steel with a hardness of 33 Rockwell C and a yield strength over 90000 PSI

17-4 PH MATERIAL FOR THIS SERVICE WILL HAVE A MAXIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 115000 PSI

21122(4) - Casing Heat Treatment In compliance with this paragraph all fabricated casings are stress relieved after welding and before the final machining Any welding performed after machining such as small piping welds and minor repair welds are processed per Section VIII of the ASME Pressure Vessel Code

SOME PIPE CONNECTIONS CANNOT BE WELDED TO THE CASING UNTIL AFTER FINAL MACHINING OF THE PASSAGES TO WHICH THEY ARE CONNECTED SMALL AREAS OF WELDING DONE AFTER FINAL MACHINING ARE STRESS RELIEVED IF REQUIRED BY THE CODE THIS WOULD DEPEND ON THE AREA OF WELDING THAT WAS DONE

21122(6) - Inspection of Welds Due to physical design configuration obtaining good weld inspection with radiographic or ultrasonic techniques is difficult All welds are 100 magnetic particle inspected at the root pass and final pass and at every 10 mill of weld thickness inbetween

21124(3) - Piping Welds See the comment to 21122(4)

3 2 - API 671 See comments to 262 See the vendor comments to API 671

332(3) - THE HORIZONTAL JACKING SCRIDIS ARE PROshyVIDED BUT REQUIRE THAT THE CASING IS LIFTED BEFORE THEY ARE USED

332(4) - Machinery Support See the comment to 222

- 8 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 17: API 617 Spec Comments

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

3412 - WE DO NOT HAVE A GOOD HANDLE ON THE REQUIREMENTS OF API RP550 REFERRED TO IN 341 2 DO NOT INFER TO THE CUSTOMER THAT WE WILL DO EVERYshyTHING REQUIRED BY RP550 BUT DO NOT TAKE EXCEPTION AND LET THE INSTRUMENTATION ISSUE GET RESOLVED AT THE VCM IF POSSIBLE

345 - API 670 See the vendor comments to API 670

3452 - Vibration Monitors When specified vibration and axial position monitors will be supplied and calibrated in accordance with API 670

THIS PARAGRAPH SAYS THAT THE MONITORS WILL BE PROVIDED UNLESS THE CUSTOMER SPECIFIES THAT HE lHLL DO SO

354 - API 614 See the comments to API 614

411 - Inspection at Sub-Vendors Facilities For clarification General Electric looks forward to a prefabrication inspectionexpediting meeting with the purchaser to establish exact witness and inspection points and criteria

It is General Electrics policy to allow the purchaser or his representative access to the manufacturing facilities at reasonable times Every attempt will be made to gain similar access rights from our subvendors However we are not always successful in obtaining such rights

4321 - Hydrotest Pressure For clarification casing design pressure is not defined in API 617 Compressor casings are hydroshytested at 150 of the maximum allowable working pressure as defined by 141

MAXIMUM ALLOHABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE THE ACTUAL PRESSURE THE CASING IS DESIGNED FOR ON BCL TYPE C0l1PRESSORS ON MCL TYPE COMPRESSORS WHERE HYDROTEST IS MORE DIFFICULT THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE WILL BE ADJUSTED FOR CUSTOMER EYES TO MEET THE JOB REQUIREMENTS

4331 - Impeller Bore Deformation For clarification minor permanent deformations up to predetermined levels according to General Electric standards and operating experience are acceptable at the bore and are not considered cause for rejection

- 9 shy

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 18: API 617 Spec Comments

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

26 If Sealing Pressure is above 85 PSIG

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

28 If Submerged Helium Leak Test Specified

29 If MCL Casing amp Customer Requires Helium Leak Test

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

NP CRITERIA ALLOWS UP TO 02 MM (08 MILS) DEFORMAshyTION IN THE BORE FOR IMPELLER DIAMETERS UP TO 450 MM FOR LARGER IMPELLERS THIS INCREASES TO 03 MM (12 MILS) THERE IS ALSO CRITERIA FOR THE IMPELLER EYE SEAL AREA PERMANENT DEFORMATION

4342 - Oil Seal Testing Shop bushing seals will be used on the atmospheric side to prevent overheating during mechanical testing which would occur with the contract bushing clearances The complete contract seal will be used in the gas leakage test at the maximum sealing pressure required for this application

BECAUSE OF LIMITED BUFFER AIR PRESSURE ONLY SEALS WITH A DESIGN SEALING PRESSURE UP TO 85 PSIG CAN BE TESTED MECHANICALLY WITH THE CONTRACT OIL RINGS AND NOT OVERHEAT THE RINGS LARGER CLE~~CE OUTER SEAL RINGS MUST BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE ENOUGH FLOW AT THE LOWER PRESSURES TO REMOVE THE HEAT GENERATED BY THE INNER AND OUTER RINGS OF THE SEAL

4345 - Nameplate Critical Speeds If the first lateral critical speed cannot be detected during test the calculated value will be stamped on the nameplate

4361(5) - Helium Test General Electric proposes to do a soap bubble test of the compressor in lieu of a submerged test This provides a good test for less cost and using less time

On the MCL type casing a gas of approximately the same molecular weight as the contract gas will be used The purpose of the test will integrity of the casting or fabricaintegrity of the blank off plates blank off plate will be allowed

be to tions Leakage

test not at

the the the

- 10 -

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 19: API 617 Spec Comments

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONtY

31 For Variable Speed DriVers

WHEN THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES A SUBMERGED HELIUM LEAK TEST WE WILL TRY TO DO A SOAP BUBBLE TEST FIRST THIS WILL BE AN ADDITION OVER THE 435 REQUIREMENT IN WHICH WE ONLY CHECK THE JOINTS OF THE CASING IN THIS CASE WE WILL CHECK THE WHOLE CASING WITH THE SOAP BUBBLES THIS TEST IS NOT AS SENSITIVE AS A SUBMERGED TEST AND THEREFORE WILL GIVE US A BETTER CHANCE OF PASSING IT WILL ALSO COST LESS TO PERFORM SINCE THE 435 TEST MUST BE PERFORMED ANYr1AY IF THE CUSTOMER REQUIRES WE CAN DO A SUBshyMERGED TEST BUT THIS WILL BE AN EXTRA COST AND POSshySIBLY EXTRA CYCLE FOR THE EXTRA TEST AND POSSIBLE RETEST AFTER A FAILURE bull

4411 - Standard Preservation General Electrics proposal includes preservation suitable for 3 months indoor storage~ Additional preservation requi rements ~ if needed can be quoted separately

4414 - Loose Shipped Part Tagging Separately shipped items computerized packing linon-meta11ic part labeling

are sts

identified and indi

using vidual

51 - Warranty Please refer to the Warranty Clause contained in the commercial portion of the offering for the warranty applicable to this compressor

5211 - Maximum Continuous Speed General Electric defines maximum continuous speed as 105 of the calculated rated speed

- 11 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 20: API 617 Spec Comments

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

32 Fixed Speed Drivers

THE EXCEPTION HERE IS TAKEN IN THE WORD CALCULATED THIS INFERS THAT WE lULL NOT CHANGE THE MAXIMUM CONshyTINUOUS SPEED IF A PERFORMANCE TEST SHOWS THAT AN INCREASE OVER THE CALCULATED SPEED IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THE DESIGN HEAD THIS PARAGRAPH WOULD REQUIRE THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED OF THE UNIT TO BE ADJUSTED THE SAME AMOUNT AS THE DESIGN SPEED THIS MEANS THAT THE TRIP SPEED OF THE DRIVER WOULD HAVE TO BE HIGHER WHICH MIGHT NOT BE POSSBLE FOR A GAS TURBINE OR IF A GEAR IS SUPPLIED THE RATIO MIGHT HAVE TO BE CHANGED TO AVOID CHANGING THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS SPEED SECONDLY ~ THE IMPELLER WOULD NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED 15 OVERS PEED MARGIN AND WE MIGHT BE FORCED TO RETEST THEM ALSO THE CRITICAL SPEEDS MIGHT NOT HAVE THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGINS OVER THE MAXIMUM CONTINUOUS WHICH WOULD HAVE TO BE RESOLVED THIS WOULD OF COURSE BE DIFFICULT AT THE TIME OF TESTING

IT IS UNLIKELY THAT WE WOULD FALL SHORT ON COMshyPRESSOR HEAD DUE TO THE 2 SPEED MARGIN BUILT INTO THE PERFORMANCE PROGRAM THIS MEANS HOWEVER THAT WE SHOULD BE CAREFUL ABOUT ANY LOW SPEED POINTS OR MINIMUM SPECIFIED OPERATING SPEEDS WITH REGARD TO MARGIN TO CRITICAL SPEEDS IF AN OPERATING POINT OR SPEED WAS CLOSE TO THE REQUIRED SEPARATION MARGIN FOR THE FIRST CRITICAL SPEED AND WE CAME OUT HIGH IN HEAD IT IS POSSIBLE THE CUSTOMER WOULD MAKE US TRIM THE IMPELLER TO MAINTAIN THE SEPARATION MARGINS

5212 - Power Guarantee The capacity in mass flow terms is guaranteed with the prOVision that the head can be greater than the specified head by 5 maximum and the power when corrected to the specified head shall not be greater than the guarantee power by 4 maximum The power evaluation will be performed based on suction throttling the compressor to attain the guarantee discharge pressure at the guarantee mass flow It is recommended and assumed that an automatic suction throttle control device is provided by the purchaser in the compressor piping

- 12 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 21: API 617 Spec Comments

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

33 Fixed Speed Driver ampThrottling at the Guarantee Point

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

34 Mult-Section Trains

If the guarantee point is attained by suction throttling of the compressor by design~ the specified head will be based on the inlet pressure specified by General Electric at the compressor flange A negative tolerance on head will be allowed in this case up to the unthrottled head requirement

THESE COMMENTS ALLOW US TO CORRECT THE POWER FOR THE HEAD MARGIN NEEDED ON A FIXED SPEED MACHINE WHEN GUARANTEED ON A MASS FLOW BASIS IT ACTUALLY ALLOWS LARGER THAN A +5 TOLERANCE ON HEAD AT A GIVEN INLET VOLUME FLOlI CONS IDERING SUCTION THROTTLING AND THE CURVE SHAPE OF THE COMPRESSOR THIS SHOULD BE ACCEPTABLE TO THE CUSTOMER AS THEY WILL USUALLY SUCTION THROTTLE TO CONTROL THE MACHINE

IF ANOTHER OPERATING POINT REQUIRES THAT THE GUARANTEE POINT IS MADE BY SUCTION THROTTLING THE SECOND COID1ENT WOULD ALLOW SOME SHORTAGE IN HEAD IF THE COMPRESSOR CAN MAKE THE GUARANTEE DISCHARGE PRESSURE WITHOUT SUCTION THROTTLING THIS COULD MEAN THAT WE WOULD NOT MAKE THE OTHER OPERATING POINT HEAD DEPENDING ON THE CURVE SHAPE THIS COULD HAPPEN IN A NORMAL UNTHROTTLED CASE IF THE CURVE SHAPE DID NOT COME OUT AS PREDICTED IN ANY CASE WHERE THE ALTERNATE OPERATING POINTS ARE CLOSE OR DETERMINE THE COMPRESSOR OPERATING SPEED GUARANTEES SHOULD BE CAREFULLY REVIEWED

TO OUR

5213 - Guarantees For clarification all equipment with more section of compression will be guaranteed

than for

one the

total power required for all sections

If applicable the sidestream pressures are expected design values with tolerance to be agreed upon at the vendor coordination ~eeting

- 13 shy

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y

Page 22: API 617 Spec Comments

FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

ENGINEERING NOTE INTERNAL USE ONLY

WE WOULD LIKE TO GUARANTEE THE POWER REQUIRED BY THE WHOLE COMPRESSOR TRAIN NOT BODY BY BODY THIS GIVES US MORE FLEXIBILITY IN MEETING THE TOTAL POWER WITH THE SAME TOLERANCES SIDESTREAM PRESSURE TOLERANCES ARE DIFFICULT TO CALCULATE WITHOUT A LARGE AMOUNT OF CAREFUL ANALYSES THEREFORE THE PRESSURES GIVEN IN THE RESPONSE SHEETS ARE EXPECTED ONLY AN ACCEPTABLE RANGE O~ TOLERANCES CAN BE ARRANGED WITH THE CUSTOMER AT THE VCM AND THE COMPRESSOR DES IGN AND PERFORMANCE CHANGED IF REQUIRED TO MEET THE CUSTOMERS NEEDS

6113 - Utility Requirements All auxiliary equipment utility requirements given in the proposal are approximate

- 14 shy

39l0Y